"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/lv.po" (19 Feb 2021, 711821 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Kristaps, 2012
    7 # Kristaps, 2012
    8 msgid ""
    9 msgstr ""
   10 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   11 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   12 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   13 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-15 12:00-0500\n"
   14 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   15 "Language-Team: Latvian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   16 "lv/)\n"
   17 "Language: lv\n"
   18 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   19 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   20 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   21 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : "
   22 "2);\n"
   23 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   24 
   25 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   26 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   27 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   28 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   29 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   30 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   31 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   32 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   33 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   34 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   35 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   36 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   37 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   38 msgstr ""
   39 
   40 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   41 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   42 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   43 msgstr ""
   44 
   45 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   46 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   47 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   49 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   50 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   51 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   52 msgid "8"
   53 msgstr "8"
   54 
   55 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   56 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   57 msgid "modify a group"
   58 msgstr ""
   59 
   60 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   61 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   62 msgid ""
   63 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   64 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   65 "arg>"
   66 msgstr ""
   67 
   68 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   69 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   70 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   71 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   72 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   73 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   74 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   75 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   76 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   77 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   78 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   79 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   80 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   81 msgstr "APRAKSTS"
   82 
   83 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   84 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   85 msgid ""
   86 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   87 "that are specified on the command line."
   88 msgstr ""
   89 
   90 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   91 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   92 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   93 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   94 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   95 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   96 msgid "OPTIONS"
   97 msgstr "IESPĒJAS"
   98 
   99 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  100 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  101 msgid ""
  102 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  103 "replaceable>"
  104 msgstr ""
  105 
  106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  107 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  108 msgid ""
  109 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  110 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  111 "a comma separated list of group names."
  112 msgstr ""
  113 
  114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  115 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  116 msgid ""
  117 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  118 "replaceable>"
  119 msgstr ""
  120 
  121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  122 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  123 msgid ""
  124 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  125 "replaceable> parameter."
  126 msgstr ""
  127 
  128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  130 msgid "sssd.conf"
  131 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  132 
  133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  135 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  136 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  137 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  138 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  139 msgid "5"
  140 msgstr "5"
  141 
  142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  143 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  144 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  145 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  146 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  147 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  148 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  149 msgstr ""
  150 
  151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  152 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  153 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  154 msgstr ""
  155 
  156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  158 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  159 msgstr ""
  160 
  161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  163 #, no-wrap
  164 msgid ""
  165 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  166 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  167 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  168 "            "
  169 msgstr ""
  170 
  171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  173 msgid ""
  174 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  175 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  176 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  177 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  178 msgstr ""
  179 
  180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  182 msgid ""
  183 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  184 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  185 msgstr ""
  186 
  187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  189 msgid ""
  190 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  191 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  192 msgstr ""
  193 
  194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  196 msgid ""
  197 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  198 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  199 msgstr ""
  200 
  201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  203 msgid ""
  204 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  205 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  206 msgstr ""
  207 
  208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  210 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  211 msgstr ""
  212 
  213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  215 msgid ""
  216 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  217 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  218 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  219 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  220 msgstr ""
  221 
  222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  224 msgid ""
  225 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  226 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  227 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  228 "to configure SSSD."
  229 msgstr ""
  230 
  231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  233 msgid ""
  234 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  235 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  236 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  237 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  238 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  239 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  240 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  241 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  242 msgstr ""
  243 
  244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  246 msgid ""
  247 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  248 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  249 msgstr ""
  250 
  251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  253 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  254 msgstr ""
  255 
  256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  258 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  259 msgstr ""
  260 
  261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  263 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  264 msgstr ""
  265 
  266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  268 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  269 msgstr ""
  270 
  271 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  272 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  273 msgid "debug (integer)"
  274 msgstr ""
  275 
  276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  278 msgid ""
  279 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  280 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  281 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  282 "used."
  283 msgstr ""
  284 
  285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  287 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  288 msgstr ""
  289 
  290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  291 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  292 msgid ""
  293 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  294 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  295 msgstr ""
  296 
  297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  300 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  301 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  302 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  303 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  304 msgid "Default: true"
  305 msgstr ""
  306 
  307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  309 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  310 msgstr ""
  311 
  312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  314 msgid ""
  315 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  316 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  317 msgstr ""
  318 
  319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  321 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  322 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  324 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  325 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  326 msgid "Default: false"
  327 msgstr ""
  328 
  329 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  331 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  332 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  333 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  334 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  335 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  336 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  337 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  338 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  339 msgstr ""
  340 
  341 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  342 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  343 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  344 msgstr ""
  345 
  346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  348 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  349 msgstr "noildze (vesels skaitlis)"
  350 
  351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  353 msgid ""
  354 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  355 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  356 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  357 msgstr ""
  358 
  359 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  362 msgid "Default: 10"
  363 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 10"
  364 
  365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  367 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  368 msgstr ""
  369 
  370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  372 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  373 msgstr ""
  374 
  375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  377 msgid "Section parameters"
  378 msgstr ""
  379 
  380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  382 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  383 msgstr ""
  384 
  385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  387 msgid ""
  388 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  389 "version 2."
  390 msgstr ""
  391 
  392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  394 msgid "services"
  395 msgstr "pakalpojumi"
  396 
  397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  399 msgid ""
  400 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  401 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  402 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  403 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  404 msgstr ""
  405 
  406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  408 msgid ""
  409 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  410 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  411 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  412 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  413 msgstr ""
  414 
  415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  417 msgid ""
  418 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  419 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  420 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  421 msgstr ""
  422 
  423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  425 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  426 msgstr ""
  427 
  428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  430 msgid ""
  431 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  432 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  433 msgstr ""
  434 
  435 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  437 msgid "Default: 3"
  438 msgstr ""
  439 
  440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  442 msgid "domains"
  443 msgstr "domēni"
  444 
  445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  447 msgid ""
  448 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  449 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  450 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  451 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  452 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  453 "is forbidden."
  454 msgstr ""
  455 
  456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  458 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  459 msgstr ""
  460 
  461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  463 msgid ""
  464 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  465 "user name and domain into these components."
  466 msgstr ""
  467 
  468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  470 msgid ""
  471 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  472 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  473 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  474 msgstr ""
  475 
  476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  478 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  479 msgstr ""
  480 
  481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  483 msgid ""
  484 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  485 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  486 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  487 msgstr ""
  488 
  489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  491 msgid "%1$s"
  492 msgstr ""
  493 
  494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  496 msgid "user name"
  497 msgstr ""
  498 
  499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  501 msgid "%2$s"
  502 msgstr ""
  503 
  504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  506 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  507 msgstr ""
  508 
  509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  511 msgid "%3$s"
  512 msgstr ""
  513 
  514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  516 msgid ""
  517 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  518 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  519 msgstr ""
  520 
  521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  523 msgid ""
  524 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  525 "id=\"0\"/>"
  526 msgstr ""
  527 
  528 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  529 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  530 msgid ""
  531 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  532 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  533 msgstr ""
  534 
  535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  537 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  538 msgstr ""
  539 
  540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  542 msgid ""
  543 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  544 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  545 msgstr ""
  546 
  547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  549 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  550 msgstr ""
  551 
  552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  554 msgid ""
  555 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  556 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  557 "be used."
  558 msgstr ""
  559 
  560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  562 msgid ""
  563 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  564 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  565 "to 'false'"
  566 msgstr ""
  567 
  568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  570 msgid ""
  571 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  572 "platforms."
  573 msgstr ""
  574 
  575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  577 msgid ""
  578 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  579 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  580 msgstr ""
  581 
  582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  584 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  585 msgstr ""
  586 
  587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  589 msgid ""
  590 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  591 "files."
  592 msgstr ""
  593 
  594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  596 msgid ""
  597 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  598 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  599 msgstr ""
  600 
  601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  603 msgid ""
  604 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  605 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  606 msgstr ""
  607 
  608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  610 msgid "user (string)"
  611 msgstr ""
  612 
  613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  615 msgid ""
  616 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  617 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  618 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  619 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  620 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  621 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  622 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  623 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  624 msgstr ""
  625 
  626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  627 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  628 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  629 msgstr ""
  630 
  631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  632 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  633 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  634 msgstr ""
  635 
  636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  638 msgid ""
  639 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  640 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  641 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  642 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  643 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  644 msgstr ""
  645 
  646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  647 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  648 msgid ""
  649 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  650 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  651 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  652 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  653 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  654 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  655 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  656 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  657 msgstr ""
  658 
  659 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  661 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  662 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  663 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  664 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  665 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  666 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  667 msgid "Default: not set"
  668 msgstr ""
  669 
  670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  672 msgid "override_space (string)"
  673 msgstr ""
  674 
  675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  677 msgid ""
  678 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  679 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  680 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  681 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  682 "separator in the shell."
  683 msgstr ""
  684 
  685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  687 msgid ""
  688 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  689 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  690 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  691 "of a lookup is undefined."
  692 msgstr ""
  693 
  694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  696 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  697 msgstr ""
  698 
  699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  701 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  702 msgstr ""
  703 
  704 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  705 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  706 msgid "no_ocsp"
  707 msgstr ""
  708 
  709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  711 msgid ""
  712 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  713 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  714 "the client."
  715 msgstr ""
  716 
  717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  719 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  720 msgstr ""
  721 
  722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  724 msgid ""
  725 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  726 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  727 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  728 msgstr ""
  729 
  730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  732 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  733 msgstr ""
  734 
  735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  737 msgid ""
  738 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  739 "request. Allowed values are:"
  740 msgstr ""
  741 
  742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  744 msgid "sha1"
  745 msgstr ""
  746 
  747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  749 msgid "sha256"
  750 msgstr ""
  751 
  752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  754 msgid "sha384"
  755 msgstr ""
  756 
  757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  759 msgid "sha512"
  760 msgstr ""
  761 
  762 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  763 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  764 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  765 msgstr ""
  766 
  767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  769 msgid "no_verification"
  770 msgstr ""
  771 
  772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  774 msgid ""
  775 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  776 "testing."
  777 msgstr ""
  778 
  779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  780 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  781 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  782 msgstr ""
  783 
  784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  786 msgid ""
  787 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  788 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  789 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  790 msgstr ""
  791 
  792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  794 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  795 msgstr ""
  796 
  797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  799 msgid ""
  800 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  801 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  802 msgstr ""
  803 
  804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  806 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  807 msgstr ""
  808 
  809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  811 msgid ""
  812 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  813 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  814 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  815 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  816 msgstr ""
  817 
  818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  820 msgid "soft_crl"
  821 msgstr ""
  822 
  823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  825 msgid ""
  826 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  827 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  828 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  829 msgstr ""
  830 
  831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  833 msgid ""
  834 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  835 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  836 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  837 msgstr ""
  838 
  839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  841 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  842 msgstr ""
  843 
  844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  846 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  847 msgstr ""
  848 
  849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  851 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  852 msgstr ""
  853 
  854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  856 msgid ""
  857 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  858 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  859 msgstr ""
  860 
  861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  863 msgid ""
  864 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  865 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  866 msgstr ""
  867 
  868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  870 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  871 msgstr ""
  872 
  873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  875 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  876 msgstr ""
  877 
  878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  880 msgid ""
  881 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  882 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  883 msgstr ""
  884 
  885 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  886 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  887 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  888 msgstr ""
  889 
  890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  891 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  892 msgid ""
  893 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  894 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  895 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  896 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  897 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  898 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  899 msgstr ""
  900 
  901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  903 msgid ""
  904 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  905 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  906 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  907 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  908 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  909 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  910 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  911 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  912 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  913 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  914 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  915 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  916 msgstr ""
  917 
  918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  920 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  921 msgid "Default: Not set"
  922 msgstr ""
  923 
  924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  926 msgid ""
  927 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  928 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  929 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  930 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  931 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  932 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  933 msgstr ""
  934 
  935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  937 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  938 msgstr ""
  939 
  940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  942 msgid ""
  943 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  944 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  945 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  946 "quote>"
  947 msgstr ""
  948 
  949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  951 msgid "General service configuration options"
  952 msgstr ""
  953 
  954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  956 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  957 msgstr ""
  958 
  959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  961 msgid "fd_limit"
  962 msgstr ""
  963 
  964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  966 msgid ""
  967 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  968 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  969 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  970 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  971 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  972 msgstr ""
  973 
  974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  976 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  977 msgstr ""
  978 
  979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  981 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  982 msgstr ""
  983 
  984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  986 msgid ""
  987 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  988 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  989 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  990 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  991 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  992 msgstr ""
  993 
  994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  996 #, fuzzy
  997 #| msgid "Default: 300"
  998 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  999 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 300"
 1000 
 1001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1003 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1004 msgstr ""
 1005 
 1006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1008 msgid ""
 1009 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1010 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1011 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1012 msgstr ""
 1013 
 1014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1016 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1017 msgstr ""
 1018 
 1019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1021 msgid ""
 1022 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1023 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1024 msgstr ""
 1025 
 1026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1028 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1029 msgstr ""
 1030 
 1031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1033 msgid ""
 1034 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1035 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1036 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1037 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1038 msgstr ""
 1039 
 1040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1043 msgid "Default: 60"
 1044 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 60"
 1045 
 1046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1048 #, fuzzy
 1049 #| msgid "timeout (integer)"
 1050 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1051 msgstr "noildze (vesels skaitlis)"
 1052 
 1053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1054 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1055 msgid ""
 1056 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1057 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1058 msgstr ""
 1059 
 1060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1062 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1063 msgstr ""
 1064 
 1065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1067 msgid ""
 1068 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1069 "parameter value."
 1070 msgstr ""
 1071 
 1072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1074 msgid ""
 1075 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1076 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1077 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1078 "offline_timeout."
 1079 msgstr ""
 1080 
 1081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1083 msgid ""
 1084 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1085 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1086 msgstr ""
 1087 
 1088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1090 #, fuzzy
 1091 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1092 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1093 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 300"
 1094 
 1095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1097 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1098 msgstr ""
 1099 
 1100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1101 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1102 msgid ""
 1103 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1104 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1105 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1106 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1107 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1108 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1109 "activated."
 1110 msgstr ""
 1111 
 1112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1113 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1114 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1115 msgid "Default: 300"
 1116 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 300"
 1117 
 1118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1120 msgid "cache_first"
 1121 msgstr ""
 1122 
 1123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1125 msgid ""
 1126 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1127 "querying the Data Providers."
 1128 msgstr ""
 1129 
 1130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1132 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1133 msgstr ""
 1134 
 1135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1137 msgid ""
 1138 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1139 msgstr ""
 1140 
 1141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1143 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1144 msgstr ""
 1145 
 1146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1148 msgid ""
 1149 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1150 "all users)"
 1151 msgstr ""
 1152 
 1153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1155 msgid "Default: 120"
 1156 msgstr ""
 1157 
 1158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1160 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1161 msgstr ""
 1162 
 1163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1165 msgid ""
 1166 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1167 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1168 "for the domain."
 1169 msgstr ""
 1170 
 1171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1173 msgid ""
 1174 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1175 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1176 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1177 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1178 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1179 msgstr ""
 1180 
 1181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1183 msgid ""
 1184 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1185 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1186 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1187 "disables this feature)"
 1188 msgstr ""
 1189 
 1190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1192 msgid "Default: 50"
 1193 msgstr ""
 1194 
 1195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1197 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1198 msgstr ""
 1199 
 1200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1202 msgid ""
 1203 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1204 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1205 "before asking the back end again."
 1206 msgstr ""
 1207 
 1208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1210 msgid "Default: 15"
 1211 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 15"
 1212 
 1213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1215 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1216 msgstr ""
 1217 
 1218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1220 msgid ""
 1221 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1222 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1223 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1224 msgstr ""
 1225 
 1226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1227 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1228 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1229 msgstr ""
 1230 
 1231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1233 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1234 msgstr ""
 1235 
 1236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1238 msgid ""
 1239 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1240 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1241 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1242 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1243 msgstr ""
 1244 
 1245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1247 msgid ""
 1248 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1249 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1250 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1251 "member users of the latter listed."
 1252 msgstr ""
 1253 
 1254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1256 msgid "Default: root"
 1257 msgstr ""
 1258 
 1259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1261 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1262 msgstr ""
 1263 
 1264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1266 msgid ""
 1267 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1268 msgstr ""
 1269 
 1270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1272 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1273 msgstr ""
 1274 
 1275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1277 msgid ""
 1278 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1279 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1280 msgstr ""
 1281 
 1282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1284 msgid ""
 1285 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1286 msgstr ""
 1287 
 1288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1290 #, no-wrap
 1291 msgid ""
 1292 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1293 "                            "
 1294 msgstr ""
 1295 
 1296 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1298 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1299 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1300 msgstr ""
 1301 
 1302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1304 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1305 msgstr ""
 1306 
 1307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1309 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1310 msgstr ""
 1311 
 1312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1314 msgid ""
 1315 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1316 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1317 "or per-domain."
 1318 msgstr ""
 1319 
 1320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1321 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1322 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1323 msgstr ""
 1324 
 1325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1327 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1328 msgstr ""
 1329 
 1330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1331 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1332 msgid ""
 1333 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1334 msgstr ""
 1335 
 1336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1337 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1338 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1339 msgstr ""
 1340 
 1341 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1342 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1343 msgid ""
 1344 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1345 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1346 msgstr ""
 1347 
 1348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1350 msgid ""
 1351 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1352 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1353 msgstr ""
 1354 
 1355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1357 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1358 msgstr ""
 1359 
 1360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1362 msgid ""
 1363 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1364 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1365 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1366 msgstr ""
 1367 
 1368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1370 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1371 msgstr ""
 1372 
 1373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1375 msgid ""
 1376 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1377 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1378 msgstr ""
 1379 
 1380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1382 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1383 msgstr ""
 1384 
 1385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1387 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1388 msgstr ""
 1389 
 1390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1392 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1393 msgstr ""
 1394 
 1395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1397 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1398 msgstr ""
 1399 
 1400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1402 msgid ""
 1403 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1404 msgstr ""
 1405 
 1406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1408 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1409 msgstr ""
 1410 
 1411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1413 msgid "default_shell"
 1414 msgstr ""
 1415 
 1416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1418 msgid ""
 1419 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1420 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1421 msgstr ""
 1422 
 1423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1425 msgid ""
 1426 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1427 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1428 msgstr ""
 1429 
 1430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1432 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1433 msgstr ""
 1434 
 1435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1437 msgid ""
 1438 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1439 "considered valid."
 1440 msgstr ""
 1441 
 1442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1444 #, fuzzy
 1445 #| msgid "timeout (integer)"
 1446 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1447 msgstr "noildze (vesels skaitlis)"
 1448 
 1449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1451 msgid ""
 1452 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1453 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1454 msgstr ""
 1455 
 1456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1458 msgid ""
 1459 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1460 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1461 msgstr ""
 1462 
 1463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1464 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1466 msgid ""
 1467 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1468 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1469 msgstr ""
 1470 
 1471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1473 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1474 msgstr ""
 1475 
 1476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1478 msgid ""
 1479 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1480 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1481 "memory cache."
 1482 msgstr ""
 1483 
 1484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1486 msgid "Default: 8"
 1487 msgstr ""
 1488 
 1489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1491 msgid ""
 1492 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1493 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1494 msgstr ""
 1495 
 1496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1498 #, fuzzy
 1499 #| msgid "timeout (integer)"
 1500 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1501 msgstr "noildze (vesels skaitlis)"
 1502 
 1503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1505 msgid ""
 1506 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1507 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1508 "cache."
 1509 msgstr ""
 1510 
 1511 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1513 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1514 msgid "Default: 6"
 1515 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 6"
 1516 
 1517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1519 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1520 msgstr ""
 1521 
 1522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1524 msgid ""
 1525 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1526 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1527 "in-memory cache."
 1528 msgstr ""
 1529 
 1530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1532 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1533 msgstr ""
 1534 
 1535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1537 msgid ""
 1538 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1539 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1540 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1541 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1542 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1543 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1544 msgstr ""
 1545 
 1546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1548 msgid ""
 1549 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1550 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1551 msgstr ""
 1552 
 1553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1555 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1556 msgstr ""
 1557 
 1558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1560 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1561 msgstr ""
 1562 
 1563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1565 msgid ""
 1566 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1567 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1568 msgstr ""
 1569 
 1570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1572 #, fuzzy
 1573 #| msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 1574 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1575 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <quote>atļaut</quote>"
 1576 
 1577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1579 msgid ""
 1580 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1581 "[nss] section."
 1582 msgstr ""
 1583 
 1584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1586 msgid ""
 1587 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1588 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1589 "shadowutils target)"
 1590 msgstr ""
 1591 
 1592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1594 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1595 msgstr ""
 1596 
 1597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1599 msgid ""
 1600 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1601 "(PAM) service."
 1602 msgstr ""
 1603 
 1604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1606 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1607 msgstr ""
 1608 
 1609 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1610 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1611 msgid ""
 1612 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1613 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1614 msgstr ""
 1615 
 1616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1618 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1619 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 0 (bez ierobežojuma)"
 1620 
 1621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1622 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1623 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1624 msgstr ""
 1625 
 1626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1627 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1628 msgid ""
 1629 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1630 "are allowed."
 1631 msgstr ""
 1632 
 1633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1635 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1636 msgstr ""
 1637 
 1638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1640 msgid ""
 1641 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1642 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1643 msgstr ""
 1644 
 1645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1647 msgid ""
 1648 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1649 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1650 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1651 msgstr ""
 1652 
 1653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1655 msgid "Default: 5"
 1656 msgstr ""
 1657 
 1658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1660 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1661 msgstr ""
 1662 
 1663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1665 msgid ""
 1666 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1667 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1668 msgstr ""
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1672 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1673 msgstr ""
 1674 
 1675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1677 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1678 msgstr ""
 1679 
 1680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1682 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1683 msgstr ""
 1684 
 1685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1687 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1688 msgstr ""
 1689 
 1690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1692 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1693 msgstr ""
 1694 
 1695 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1696 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1697 msgid "Default: 1"
 1698 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 1"
 1699 
 1700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1702 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1703 msgstr ""
 1704 
 1705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1707 msgid ""
 1708 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1709 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1710 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1711 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1712 msgstr ""
 1713 
 1714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1716 msgid ""
 1717 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1718 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1719 msgstr ""
 1720 
 1721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1723 msgid "ENV"
 1724 msgstr ""
 1725 
 1726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1728 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1729 msgstr ""
 1730 
 1731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1733 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1734 msgstr ""
 1735 
 1736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1738 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1739 msgstr ""
 1740 
 1741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1743 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1744 msgstr ""
 1745 
 1746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1748 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1749 msgstr ""
 1750 
 1751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1753 msgid ""
 1754 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1755 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1756 msgstr ""
 1757 
 1758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1760 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1761 msgstr ""
 1762 
 1763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1765 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1766 msgstr ""
 1767 
 1768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1769 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1770 msgid ""
 1771 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1772 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1773 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1774 msgstr ""
 1775 
 1776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1778 msgid ""
 1779 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1780 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1781 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1782 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1783 msgstr ""
 1784 
 1785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1787 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1788 msgstr ""
 1789 
 1790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1792 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1793 msgstr ""
 1794 
 1795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1797 msgid ""
 1798 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1799 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1800 "cannot display a warning."
 1801 msgstr ""
 1802 
 1803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1805 msgid ""
 1806 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1807 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1808 msgstr ""
 1809 
 1810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1812 msgid ""
 1813 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1814 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1815 msgstr ""
 1816 
 1817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1819 msgid "Default: 0"
 1820 msgstr ""
 1821 
 1822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1824 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1825 msgstr ""
 1826 
 1827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1829 msgid ""
 1830 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1831 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1832 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1833 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1834 "startup."
 1835 msgstr ""
 1836 
 1837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1839 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1840 msgstr ""
 1841 
 1842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1844 msgid ""
 1845 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1846 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1847 msgstr ""
 1848 
 1849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1851 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1852 msgstr ""
 1853 
 1854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1856 msgid ""
 1857 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1858 "to untrusted users."
 1859 msgstr ""
 1860 
 1861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1863 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1864 msgstr ""
 1865 
 1866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1868 msgid ""
 1869 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1870 msgstr ""
 1871 
 1872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1874 msgid ""
 1875 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1876 "responder.)"
 1877 msgstr ""
 1878 
 1879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1880 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1882 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1883 msgid "Default: none"
 1884 msgstr ""
 1885 
 1886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1888 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1889 msgstr ""
 1890 
 1891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1893 msgid ""
 1894 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1895 "'Permission denied' message."
 1896 msgstr ""
 1897 
 1898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1900 msgid ""
 1901 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1902 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1903 msgstr ""
 1904 
 1905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1907 #, no-wrap
 1908 msgid ""
 1909 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1910 "                            "
 1911 msgstr ""
 1912 
 1913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1915 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1916 msgstr ""
 1917 
 1918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1920 msgid ""
 1921 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1922 "denied' message."
 1923 msgstr ""
 1924 
 1925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1927 #, no-wrap
 1928 msgid ""
 1929 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1930 "                            "
 1931 msgstr ""
 1932 
 1933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1935 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1936 msgstr ""
 1937 
 1938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1940 msgid ""
 1941 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1942 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1943 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1944 msgstr ""
 1945 
 1946 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1948 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1949 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1950 msgid "Default: False"
 1951 msgstr ""
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1955 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1956 msgstr ""
 1957 
 1958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1960 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1961 msgstr ""
 1962 
 1963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1965 msgid "Default:"
 1966 msgstr ""
 1967 
 1968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1970 msgid ""
 1971 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1972 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1973 msgstr ""
 1974 
 1975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1977 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1978 msgstr ""
 1979 
 1980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1982 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1983 msgstr ""
 1984 
 1985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1987 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1988 msgstr ""
 1989 
 1990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1991 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1992 msgid ""
 1993 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1994 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1995 msgstr ""
 1996 
 1997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1999 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 2000 msgstr ""
 2001 
 2002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 2004 msgid ""
 2005 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2006 "use Smartcards."
 2007 msgstr ""
 2008 
 2009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2010 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2011 #, no-wrap
 2012 msgid ""
 2013 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2014 "                            "
 2015 msgstr ""
 2016 
 2017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2019 msgid ""
 2020 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2021 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2022 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2023 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2024 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2025 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2026 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2027 msgstr ""
 2028 
 2029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2031 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2032 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2033 msgstr ""
 2034 
 2035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2037 msgid "login"
 2038 msgstr ""
 2039 
 2040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2042 msgid "su"
 2043 msgstr ""
 2044 
 2045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2047 msgid "su-l"
 2048 msgstr ""
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2052 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2053 msgstr ""
 2054 
 2055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2057 msgid "gdm-password"
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2062 msgid "kdm"
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2067 msgid "sudo"
 2068 msgstr ""
 2069 
 2070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2072 msgid "sudo-i"
 2073 msgstr ""
 2074 
 2075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2077 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2078 msgstr ""
 2079 
 2080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2082 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2083 msgstr ""
 2084 
 2085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2086 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2087 msgid ""
 2088 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2089 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2090 "inserted."
 2091 msgstr ""
 2092 
 2093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2095 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2096 msgstr ""
 2097 
 2098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2100 msgid ""
 2101 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2102 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2103 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2104 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2105 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2106 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2107 msgstr ""
 2108 
 2109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2111 #, no-wrap
 2112 msgid ""
 2113 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2114 "                            "
 2115 msgstr ""
 2116 
 2117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2118 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2119 #, no-wrap
 2120 msgid ""
 2121 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2122 "                            "
 2123 msgstr ""
 2124 
 2125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2127 msgid ""
 2128 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2129 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2130 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2131 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2132 msgstr ""
 2133 
 2134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2136 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2137 msgstr ""
 2138 
 2139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2141 msgid "always"
 2142 msgstr ""
 2143 
 2144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2146 msgid ""
 2147 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2148 msgstr ""
 2149 
 2150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2152 msgid "no_session"
 2153 msgstr ""
 2154 
 2155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2157 msgid ""
 2158 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2159 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2160 msgstr ""
 2161 
 2162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2164 msgid "never"
 2165 msgstr ""
 2166 
 2167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2169 msgid ""
 2170 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2171 "are not expired"
 2172 msgstr ""
 2173 
 2174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2176 msgid ""
 2177 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2178 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2179 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2180 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2181 msgstr ""
 2182 
 2183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2185 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2186 msgstr ""
 2187 
 2188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2190 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2191 msgstr ""
 2192 
 2193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2195 msgid ""
 2196 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2197 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2198 msgstr ""
 2199 
 2200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2202 msgid ""
 2203 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2204 msgstr ""
 2205 
 2206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2208 msgid ""
 2209 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2210 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2211 "value in the domain section."
 2212 msgstr ""
 2213 
 2214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2216 #, no-wrap
 2217 msgid ""
 2218 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2219 "                            "
 2220 msgstr ""
 2221 
 2222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2224 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2225 msgstr ""
 2226 
 2227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2229 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2230 msgstr ""
 2231 
 2232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2234 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2235 msgstr ""
 2236 
 2237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2239 msgid ""
 2240 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2241 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2242 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2243 msgstr ""
 2244 
 2245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2247 msgid ""
 2248 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2249 "be authenticated."
 2250 msgstr ""
 2251 
 2252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2254 msgid "Default: True"
 2255 msgstr ""
 2256 
 2257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2259 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2260 msgstr ""
 2261 
 2262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2264 msgid ""
 2265 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2266 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2267 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2268 msgstr ""
 2269 
 2270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2272 msgid ""
 2273 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2274 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2275 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2276 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2277 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2278 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2279 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2280 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2281 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2282 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2283 msgstr ""
 2284 
 2285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2287 msgid ""
 2288 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2289 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2290 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2291 msgstr ""
 2292 
 2293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2295 msgid ""
 2296 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2297 "deployments:"
 2298 msgstr ""
 2299 
 2300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2302 msgid ""
 2303 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2304 "files or on smart cards."
 2305 msgstr ""
 2306 
 2307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2309 msgid ""
 2310 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2311 "FAST channel."
 2312 msgstr ""
 2313 
 2314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2316 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2317 msgstr ""
 2318 
 2319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2321 msgid ""
 2322 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2323 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2324 msgstr ""
 2325 
 2326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2328 #, no-wrap
 2329 msgid ""
 2330 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2331 "                            "
 2332 msgstr ""
 2333 
 2334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2336 msgid ""
 2337 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2338 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2339 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2340 msgstr ""
 2341 
 2342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2344 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2345 msgstr ""
 2346 
 2347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2349 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2350 msgstr ""
 2351 
 2352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2354 msgid ""
 2355 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2356 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2357 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2358 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2359 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2360 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2361 msgstr ""
 2362 
 2363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2365 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2366 msgstr ""
 2367 
 2368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2370 msgid ""
 2371 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2372 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2373 msgstr ""
 2374 
 2375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2377 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2378 msgstr ""
 2379 
 2380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2382 msgid ""
 2383 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2384 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2385 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2386 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2387 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2388 msgstr ""
 2389 
 2390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2392 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2393 msgstr ""
 2394 
 2395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2397 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2398 msgstr ""
 2399 
 2400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2402 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2403 msgstr ""
 2404 
 2405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2407 msgid ""
 2408 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2409 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2410 "before asking the back end again."
 2411 msgstr ""
 2412 
 2413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2415 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2416 msgstr ""
 2417 
 2418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2420 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2421 msgstr ""
 2422 
 2423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2425 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2426 msgstr ""
 2427 
 2428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2430 msgid ""
 2431 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2432 "file."
 2433 msgstr ""
 2434 
 2435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2437 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2438 msgstr ""
 2439 
 2440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2442 msgid ""
 2443 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2444 "host keys were requested."
 2445 msgstr ""
 2446 
 2447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2449 msgid "Default: 180"
 2450 msgstr ""
 2451 
 2452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2454 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2455 msgstr ""
 2456 
 2457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2459 msgid ""
 2460 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2461 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2462 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2463 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2464 msgstr ""
 2465 
 2466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2468 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2469 msgstr ""
 2470 
 2471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2473 msgid ""
 2474 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2475 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2476 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2477 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2478 "will be ignored."
 2479 msgstr ""
 2480 
 2481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2483 msgid ""
 2484 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2485 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2486 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2487 msgstr ""
 2488 
 2489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2491 msgid ""
 2492 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2493 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2494 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2495 "enabled."
 2496 msgstr ""
 2497 
 2498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2500 msgid ""
 2501 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2502 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2503 msgstr ""
 2504 
 2505 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2506 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2507 msgid ""
 2508 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2509 "rule are used"
 2510 msgstr ""
 2511 
 2512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2514 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2515 msgstr ""
 2516 
 2517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2519 msgid ""
 2520 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2521 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2522 msgstr ""
 2523 
 2524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2526 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2527 msgstr ""
 2528 
 2529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2531 msgid ""
 2532 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2533 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2534 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2535 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2536 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2537 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2538 msgstr ""
 2539 
 2540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2542 msgid ""
 2543 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2544 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2545 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2546 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2547 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2548 "parameter."
 2549 msgstr ""
 2550 
 2551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2552 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2553 msgid ""
 2554 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2555 "added to those groups."
 2556 msgstr ""
 2557 
 2558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2560 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2561 msgstr ""
 2562 
 2563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2565 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2566 msgstr ""
 2567 
 2568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2570 msgid ""
 2571 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2572 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2573 "startup."
 2574 msgstr ""
 2575 
 2576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2578 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2579 msgstr ""
 2580 
 2581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2583 msgid ""
 2584 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2585 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2586 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2587 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2588 msgstr ""
 2589 
 2590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2591 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2592 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2593 msgstr ""
 2594 
 2595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2597 msgid ""
 2598 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2599 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2600 msgstr ""
 2601 
 2602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2604 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2605 msgstr ""
 2606 
 2607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2609 msgid ""
 2610 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2611 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2612 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2613 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2614 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2615 msgstr ""
 2616 
 2617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2619 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2620 msgstr ""
 2621 
 2622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2624 msgid "scope (string)"
 2625 msgstr ""
 2626 
 2627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2629 msgid "\"none\""
 2630 msgstr ""
 2631 
 2632 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2633 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2634 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2635 msgstr ""
 2636 
 2637 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2638 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2639 msgid "\"some\""
 2640 msgstr ""
 2641 
 2642 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2643 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2644 msgid ""
 2645 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2646 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2647 msgstr ""
 2648 
 2649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2651 msgid "\"all\""
 2652 msgstr ""
 2653 
 2654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2656 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2657 msgstr ""
 2658 
 2659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2661 msgid ""
 2662 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2663 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2664 msgstr ""
 2665 
 2666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2668 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2669 msgstr ""
 2670 
 2671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2673 msgid "users (string)"
 2674 msgstr ""
 2675 
 2676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2678 msgid ""
 2679 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2680 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2681 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2682 msgstr ""
 2683 
 2684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2686 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2687 msgstr ""
 2688 
 2689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2691 msgid "groups (string)"
 2692 msgstr ""
 2693 
 2694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2696 msgid ""
 2697 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2698 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2699 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2700 msgstr ""
 2701 
 2702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2704 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2705 msgid ""
 2706 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2707 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2708 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2709 msgstr ""
 2710 
 2711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2713 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2714 msgstr ""
 2715 
 2716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2718 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2719 msgstr ""
 2720 
 2721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2723 msgid ""
 2724 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2725 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2726 msgstr ""
 2727 
 2728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2730 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2731 msgstr ""
 2732 
 2733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2735 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2736 msgstr ""
 2737 
 2738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2739 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2740 msgid ""
 2741 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2742 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2743 msgstr ""
 2744 
 2745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2747 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2748 msgstr ""
 2749 
 2750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2752 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2753 msgstr ""
 2754 
 2755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2757 msgid "enabled"
 2758 msgstr ""
 2759 
 2760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2762 msgid ""
 2763 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2764 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2765 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2766 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2767 "quote> section."
 2768 msgstr ""
 2769 
 2770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2772 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2773 msgstr ""
 2774 
 2775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2777 msgid ""
 2778 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2779 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2780 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2781 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2782 msgstr ""
 2783 
 2784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2786 msgid ""
 2787 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2788 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2789 msgstr ""
 2790 
 2791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2793 msgid ""
 2794 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2795 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2796 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2797 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2798 msgstr ""
 2799 
 2800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2802 msgid ""
 2803 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2804 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2805 msgstr ""
 2806 
 2807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2809 msgid ""
 2810 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2811 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2812 msgstr ""
 2813 
 2814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2816 msgid "Default: posix"
 2817 msgstr ""
 2818 
 2819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2821 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2822 msgstr ""
 2823 
 2824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2826 msgid ""
 2827 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2828 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2829 msgstr ""
 2830 
 2831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2833 msgid ""
 2834 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2835 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2836 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2837 "expected."
 2838 msgstr ""
 2839 
 2840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2842 msgid ""
 2843 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2844 "by name or ID."
 2845 msgstr ""
 2846 
 2847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2849 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2850 msgstr ""
 2851 
 2852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2854 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2855 msgstr ""
 2856 
 2857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2859 msgid ""
 2860 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2861 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2862 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2863 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2864 msgstr ""
 2865 
 2866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2868 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2869 msgstr ""
 2870 
 2871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2873 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2874 msgstr ""
 2875 
 2876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2878 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2879 msgstr ""
 2880 
 2881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2883 msgid ""
 2884 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2885 "entries from the remote server."
 2886 msgstr ""
 2887 
 2888 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2889 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2890 msgid ""
 2891 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2892 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2893 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2894 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2895 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2896 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2897 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2898 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2899 "watchdog."
 2900 msgstr ""
 2901 
 2902 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2903 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2904 msgid ""
 2905 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2906 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2907 msgstr ""
 2908 
 2909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2911 msgid ""
 2912 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2913 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2914 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2915 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2916 msgstr ""
 2917 
 2918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2920 msgid ""
 2921 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2922 "especially in large environments."
 2923 msgstr ""
 2924 
 2925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2927 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2928 msgstr ""
 2929 
 2930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2932 msgid "all"
 2933 msgstr ""
 2934 
 2935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2937 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2938 msgstr ""
 2939 
 2940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2942 msgid "none"
 2943 msgstr ""
 2944 
 2945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2947 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2948 msgstr ""
 2949 
 2950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2952 msgid ""
 2953 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2954 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2955 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2956 "for these trusted domains."
 2957 msgstr ""
 2958 
 2959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2961 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2962 msgstr ""
 2963 
 2964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2966 msgid ""
 2967 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2968 "backend again"
 2969 msgstr ""
 2970 
 2971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2972 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2973 msgid ""
 2974 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2975 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2976 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2977 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2978 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2979 "been cached."
 2980 msgstr ""
 2981 
 2982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2984 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2985 msgstr ""
 2986 
 2987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2989 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2990 msgstr ""
 2991 
 2992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2994 msgid ""
 2995 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2996 "the backend again"
 2997 msgstr ""
 2998 
 2999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 3001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 3002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3003 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3004 msgstr ""
 3005 
 3006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3008 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3009 msgstr ""
 3010 
 3011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3013 msgid ""
 3014 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3015 "the backend again"
 3016 msgstr ""
 3017 
 3018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3020 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3021 msgstr ""
 3022 
 3023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3024 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3025 msgid ""
 3026 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3027 "asking the backend again"
 3028 msgstr ""
 3029 
 3030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3032 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3033 msgstr ""
 3034 
 3035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3037 msgid ""
 3038 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3039 "the backend again"
 3040 msgstr ""
 3041 
 3042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3044 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3045 msgstr ""
 3046 
 3047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3049 msgid ""
 3050 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3051 "before asking the backend again"
 3052 msgstr ""
 3053 
 3054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3056 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3057 msgstr ""
 3058 
 3059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3061 msgid ""
 3062 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3063 "again"
 3064 msgstr ""
 3065 
 3066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3067 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3068 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3069 msgstr ""
 3070 
 3071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3073 msgid ""
 3074 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3075 "before asking the backend again"
 3076 msgstr ""
 3077 
 3078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3080 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3081 msgstr ""
 3082 
 3083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3085 msgid ""
 3086 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3087 "the host key for."
 3088 msgstr ""
 3089 
 3090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3092 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3093 msgstr ""
 3094 
 3095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3097 msgid ""
 3098 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3099 "again"
 3100 msgstr ""
 3101 
 3102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3103 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3104 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3105 msgstr ""
 3106 
 3107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3109 msgid ""
 3110 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3111 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3112 msgstr ""
 3113 
 3114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3116 msgid ""
 3117 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3118 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3119 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3120 "and the group membership are updated."
 3121 msgstr ""
 3122 
 3123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3125 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3126 msgstr ""
 3127 
 3128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3130 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3131 msgstr ""
 3132 
 3133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3135 msgid ""
 3136 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3137 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3138 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3139 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3140 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3141 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3142 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3143 msgstr ""
 3144 
 3145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3147 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3148 msgstr ""
 3149 
 3150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3152 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3153 msgstr ""
 3154 
 3155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3157 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3158 msgstr ""
 3159 
 3160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3162 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3163 msgstr ""
 3164 
 3165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3167 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3168 msgstr ""
 3169 
 3170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3172 msgid ""
 3173 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3174 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3175 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3176 msgstr ""
 3177 
 3178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3180 msgid ""
 3181 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3182 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3183 msgstr ""
 3184 
 3185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3187 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3188 msgstr ""
 3189 
 3190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3192 msgid ""
 3193 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3194 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3195 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3196 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3197 msgstr ""
 3198 
 3199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3201 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3202 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 0 (neierobežots)"
 3203 
 3204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3206 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3207 msgstr ""
 3208 
 3209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3211 msgid ""
 3212 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3213 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3214 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3215 "backend."
 3216 msgstr ""
 3217 
 3218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3220 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3221 msgstr ""
 3222 
 3223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3225 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3226 msgstr ""
 3227 
 3228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3230 msgid ""
 3231 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3232 msgstr ""
 3233 
 3234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3236 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3237 msgstr ""
 3238 
 3239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3241 msgid ""
 3242 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3243 msgstr ""
 3244 
 3245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3247 msgid ""
 3248 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3249 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3250 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3251 msgstr ""
 3252 
 3253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3255 msgid ""
 3256 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3257 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3258 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3259 msgstr ""
 3260 
 3261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3264 msgid ""
 3265 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3266 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3267 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3268 "FreeIPA."
 3269 msgstr ""
 3270 
 3271 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3272 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3273 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3274 msgid ""
 3275 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3276 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3277 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3278 msgstr ""
 3279 
 3280 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3281 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3282 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3283 msgstr ""
 3284 
 3285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3287 msgid ""
 3288 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3289 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3290 msgstr ""
 3291 
 3292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3294 msgid ""
 3295 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3296 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3297 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3298 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3299 msgstr ""
 3300 
 3301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3303 msgid ""
 3304 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3305 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3306 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3307 msgstr ""
 3308 
 3309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3311 msgid ""
 3312 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3313 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3314 msgstr ""
 3315 
 3316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3318 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3319 msgstr ""
 3320 
 3321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3323 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3324 msgstr ""
 3325 
 3326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3328 msgid ""
 3329 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3330 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3331 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3332 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3333 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3334 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3335 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3336 msgstr ""
 3337 
 3338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3340 msgid ""
 3341 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3342 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3343 "members."
 3344 msgstr ""
 3345 
 3346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3348 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3349 msgstr ""
 3350 
 3351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3353 msgid ""
 3354 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3355 "are:"
 3356 msgstr ""
 3357 
 3358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3360 msgid ""
 3361 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3362 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3363 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3364 msgstr ""
 3365 
 3366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3367 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3368 msgid ""
 3369 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3370 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3371 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3372 msgstr ""
 3373 
 3374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3376 msgid ""
 3377 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3378 msgstr ""
 3379 
 3380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3382 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3383 msgstr ""
 3384 
 3385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3387 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3388 msgstr ""
 3389 
 3390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3392 msgid ""
 3393 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3394 "authentication requests."
 3395 msgstr ""
 3396 
 3397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3399 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3400 msgstr ""
 3401 
 3402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3404 msgid ""
 3405 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3406 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3407 "Internal special providers are:"
 3408 msgstr ""
 3409 
 3410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3412 msgid ""
 3413 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3414 "provider for a local domain."
 3415 msgstr ""
 3416 
 3417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3419 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3420 msgstr ""
 3421 
 3422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3424 msgid ""
 3425 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3426 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3427 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3428 "access module."
 3429 msgstr ""
 3430 
 3431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3432 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3433 msgid ""
 3434 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3435 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3436 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3437 msgstr ""
 3438 
 3439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3441 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3442 msgstr ""
 3443 
 3444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3446 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3447 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <quote>atļaut</quote>"
 3448 
 3449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3451 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3452 msgstr ""
 3453 
 3454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3456 msgid ""
 3457 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3458 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3459 msgstr ""
 3460 
 3461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3463 msgid ""
 3464 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3465 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3466 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3467 msgstr ""
 3468 
 3469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3471 msgid ""
 3472 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3473 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3474 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3475 msgstr ""
 3476 
 3477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3479 msgid ""
 3480 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3481 msgstr ""
 3482 
 3483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3485 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3486 msgstr ""
 3487 
 3488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3490 msgid ""
 3491 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3492 "change password requests."
 3493 msgstr ""
 3494 
 3495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3497 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3498 msgstr ""
 3499 
 3500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3501 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3502 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3503 msgstr ""
 3504 
 3505 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3506 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3507 msgid ""
 3508 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3509 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3510 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3511 msgstr ""
 3512 
 3513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3514 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3515 msgid ""
 3516 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3517 "settings."
 3518 msgstr ""
 3519 
 3520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3522 msgid ""
 3523 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3524 "settings."
 3525 msgstr ""
 3526 
 3527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3528 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3529 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3530 msgstr ""
 3531 
 3532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3535 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3536 msgstr ""
 3537 
 3538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3540 msgid ""
 3541 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3542 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3543 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3544 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3545 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3546 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3547 msgstr ""
 3548 
 3549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3551 msgid ""
 3552 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3553 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3554 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3555 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3556 msgstr ""
 3557 
 3558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3560 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3561 msgstr ""
 3562 
 3563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3565 msgid ""
 3566 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3567 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3568 "providers are:"
 3569 msgstr ""
 3570 
 3571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3572 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3573 msgid ""
 3574 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3575 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3576 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3577 msgstr ""
 3578 
 3579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3581 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3582 msgstr ""
 3583 
 3584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3586 msgid ""
 3587 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3588 "selinux loading requests."
 3589 msgstr ""
 3590 
 3591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3593 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3594 msgstr ""
 3595 
 3596 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3597 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3598 msgid ""
 3599 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3600 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3601 msgstr ""
 3602 
 3603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3605 msgid ""
 3606 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3607 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3608 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3609 msgstr ""
 3610 
 3611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3613 msgid ""
 3614 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3615 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3616 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3617 "the AD provider."
 3618 msgstr ""
 3619 
 3620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3622 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3623 msgstr ""
 3624 
 3625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3627 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3628 msgstr ""
 3629 
 3630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3632 msgid ""
 3633 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3634 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3635 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3636 msgstr ""
 3637 
 3638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3640 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3641 msgstr ""
 3642 
 3643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3645 msgid ""
 3646 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3647 msgstr ""
 3648 
 3649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3651 msgid ""
 3652 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3653 "session related tasks."
 3654 msgstr ""
 3655 
 3656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3658 msgid ""
 3659 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3660 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3661 msgstr ""
 3662 
 3663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3665 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3666 msgstr ""
 3667 
 3668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3669 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3670 msgid ""
 3671 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3672 msgstr ""
 3673 
 3674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3676 msgid ""
 3677 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3678 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3679 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3680 msgstr ""
 3681 
 3682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3684 msgid ""
 3685 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3686 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3687 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3688 msgstr ""
 3689 
 3690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3692 msgid ""
 3693 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3694 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3695 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3696 msgstr ""
 3697 
 3698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3700 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3701 msgstr ""
 3702 
 3703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3705 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3706 msgstr ""
 3707 
 3708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3710 msgid ""
 3711 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3712 "hostid providers are:"
 3713 msgstr ""
 3714 
 3715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3717 msgid ""
 3718 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3719 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3720 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3721 msgstr ""
 3722 
 3723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3725 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3726 msgstr ""
 3727 
 3728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3730 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3731 msgstr ""
 3732 
 3733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3735 msgid ""
 3736 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3737 "resolver providers are:"
 3738 msgstr ""
 3739 
 3740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3742 msgid ""
 3743 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3744 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3745 msgstr ""
 3746 
 3747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3749 msgid ""
 3750 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3751 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3752 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3753 msgstr ""
 3754 
 3755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3757 msgid ""
 3758 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3759 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3760 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3761 "provider."
 3762 msgstr ""
 3763 
 3764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3766 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3767 msgstr ""
 3768 
 3769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3770 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3771 msgid ""
 3772 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3773 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3774 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3775 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3776 "the domain."
 3777 msgstr ""
 3778 
 3779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3780 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3781 msgid ""
 3782 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3783 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3784 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3785 "user names:"
 3786 msgstr ""
 3787 
 3788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3790 msgid "username"
 3791 msgstr ""
 3792 
 3793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3794 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3795 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3796 msgstr ""
 3797 
 3798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3800 msgid "domain\\username"
 3801 msgstr ""
 3802 
 3803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3805 msgid ""
 3806 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3807 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3808 msgstr ""
 3809 
 3810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3812 msgid ""
 3813 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3814 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3815 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3816 msgstr ""
 3817 
 3818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3820 msgid ""
 3821 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3822 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3823 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3824 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3825 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3826 msgstr ""
 3827 
 3828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3830 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3831 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3832 
 3833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3835 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3836 msgstr ""
 3837 
 3838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3840 msgid ""
 3841 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3842 "performing DNS lookups."
 3843 msgstr ""
 3844 
 3845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3847 msgid "Supported values:"
 3848 msgstr "Atbalstītās vērtības:"
 3849 
 3850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3852 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3853 msgstr ""
 3854 
 3855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3856 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3857 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3858 msgstr ""
 3859 
 3860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3861 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3862 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3863 msgstr ""
 3864 
 3865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3867 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3868 msgstr ""
 3869 
 3870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3872 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3873 msgstr ""
 3874 
 3875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3877 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3878 msgstr ""
 3879 
 3880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3882 msgid ""
 3883 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3884 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3885 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3886 "mode."
 3887 msgstr ""
 3888 
 3889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3891 msgid ""
 3892 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3893 "the service resolution."
 3894 msgstr ""
 3895 
 3896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3898 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3899 msgstr ""
 3900 
 3901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3903 msgid ""
 3904 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3905 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3906 msgstr ""
 3907 
 3908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3910 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3911 msgstr ""
 3912 
 3913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3915 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3916 msgstr ""
 3917 
 3918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3920 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3921 msgstr ""
 3922 
 3923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3925 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3926 msgstr ""
 3927 
 3928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3930 msgid "True"
 3931 msgstr ""
 3932 
 3933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3935 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3936 msgstr ""
 3937 
 3938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3940 msgid "False"
 3941 msgstr ""
 3942 
 3943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3945 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3946 msgstr ""
 3947 
 3948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3950 msgid "Preserving"
 3951 msgstr ""
 3952 
 3953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3955 msgid ""
 3956 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3957 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3958 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3959 msgstr ""
 3960 
 3961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3963 msgid ""
 3964 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3965 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3966 msgstr ""
 3967 
 3968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3970 msgid ""
 3971 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3972 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3973 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3974 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3975 msgstr ""
 3976 
 3977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3979 msgid ""
 3980 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3981 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3982 msgstr ""
 3983 
 3984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3986 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3987 msgstr ""
 3988 
 3989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3991 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3992 msgstr ""
 3993 
 3994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3996 msgid ""
 3997 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3998 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3999 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 4000 msgstr ""
 4001 
 4002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4004 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4005 msgstr ""
 4006 
 4007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4009 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4010 msgstr ""
 4011 
 4012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4014 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4015 msgstr ""
 4016 
 4017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4019 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4020 msgstr ""
 4021 
 4022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4024 msgid ""
 4025 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4026 "is not set explicitly)"
 4027 msgstr ""
 4028 
 4029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4031 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4032 msgstr ""
 4033 
 4034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4036 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4037 msgstr ""
 4038 
 4039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4041 #, no-wrap
 4042 msgid ""
 4043 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4044 "                            "
 4045 msgstr ""
 4046 
 4047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4049 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4050 msgstr ""
 4051 
 4052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4054 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4055 msgstr ""
 4056 
 4057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4059 msgid "%F"
 4060 msgstr ""
 4061 
 4062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4064 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4065 msgstr ""
 4066 
 4067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4068 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4069 msgid ""
 4070 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4071 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4072 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4073 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4074 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4075 msgstr ""
 4076 
 4077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4079 msgid ""
 4080 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4081 msgstr ""
 4082 
 4083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4085 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4086 msgstr ""
 4087 
 4088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4090 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4091 msgstr ""
 4092 
 4093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4095 msgid ""
 4096 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4097 msgstr ""
 4098 
 4099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4101 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4102 msgstr ""
 4103 
 4104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4106 msgid ""
 4107 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4108 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4109 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4110 "authentication."
 4111 msgstr ""
 4112 
 4113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4114 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4115 msgid ""
 4116 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4117 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4118 msgstr ""
 4119 
 4120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4122 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4123 msgstr ""
 4124 
 4125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4127 msgid ""
 4128 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4129 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4130 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4131 msgstr ""
 4132 
 4133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4135 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4136 msgstr ""
 4137 
 4138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4140 msgid "true"
 4141 msgstr ""
 4142 
 4143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4145 msgid ""
 4146 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4147 "number is ignored in this case."
 4148 msgstr ""
 4149 
 4150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4152 msgid ""
 4153 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4154 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4155 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4156 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4157 msgstr ""
 4158 
 4159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4161 msgid "false"
 4162 msgstr ""
 4163 
 4164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4165 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4166 msgid ""
 4167 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4168 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4169 msgstr ""
 4170 
 4171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4173 msgid "hybrid"
 4174 msgstr ""
 4175 
 4176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4178 msgid ""
 4179 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4180 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4181 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4182 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4183 "user resolves to that group object."
 4184 msgstr ""
 4185 
 4186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4188 msgid ""
 4189 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4190 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4191 msgstr ""
 4192 
 4193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4195 msgid ""
 4196 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4197 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4198 "the existing user private groups."
 4199 msgstr ""
 4200 
 4201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4203 msgid ""
 4204 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4205 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4206 msgstr ""
 4207 
 4208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4210 msgid ""
 4211 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4212 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4213 msgstr ""
 4214 
 4215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4216 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4217 #, no-wrap
 4218 msgid ""
 4219 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4220 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4221 msgstr ""
 4222 
 4223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4225 #, no-wrap
 4226 msgid ""
 4227 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4228 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4229 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4230 msgstr ""
 4231 
 4232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4234 msgid ""
 4235 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4236 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4237 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4238 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4239 msgstr ""
 4240 
 4241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4243 msgid ""
 4244 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4245 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4246 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4247 msgstr ""
 4248 
 4249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4251 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4252 msgstr ""
 4253 
 4254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4256 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4257 msgstr ""
 4258 
 4259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4261 msgid ""
 4262 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4263 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4264 msgstr ""
 4265 
 4266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4268 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4269 msgstr ""
 4270 
 4271 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4272 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4273 msgid ""
 4274 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4275 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4276 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4277 msgstr ""
 4278 
 4279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4281 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4282 msgstr ""
 4283 
 4284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4286 msgid ""
 4287 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4288 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4289 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4290 msgstr ""
 4291 
 4292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4294 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4295 msgstr ""
 4296 
 4297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4299 msgid ""
 4300 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4301 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4302 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4303 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4304 msgstr ""
 4305 
 4306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4308 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4309 msgstr ""
 4310 
 4311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4313 msgid ""
 4314 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4315 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4316 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4317 msgstr ""
 4318 
 4319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4321 msgid ""
 4322 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4323 "\"0\"/>"
 4324 msgstr ""
 4325 
 4326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4328 msgid "Application domains"
 4329 msgstr ""
 4330 
 4331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4332 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4333 msgid ""
 4334 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4335 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4336 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4337 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4338 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4339 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4340 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4341 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4342 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4343 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4344 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4345 "SSSD domain."
 4346 msgstr ""
 4347 
 4348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4350 msgid ""
 4351 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4352 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4353 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4354 msgstr ""
 4355 
 4356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4358 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4359 msgstr ""
 4360 
 4361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4363 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4364 msgstr ""
 4365 
 4366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4367 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4368 msgid ""
 4369 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4370 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4371 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4372 "domain settings."
 4373 msgstr ""
 4374 
 4375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4377 msgid ""
 4378 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4379 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4380 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4381 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4382 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4383 msgstr ""
 4384 
 4385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4387 #, no-wrap
 4388 msgid ""
 4389 "[sssd]\n"
 4390 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4391 "\n"
 4392 "[ifp]\n"
 4393 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4394 "\n"
 4395 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4396 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4397 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4398 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4399 "\n"
 4400 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4401 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4402 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4403 msgstr ""
 4404 
 4405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4407 msgid "The local domain section"
 4408 msgstr ""
 4409 
 4410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4412 msgid ""
 4413 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4414 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4415 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4416 msgstr ""
 4417 
 4418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4420 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4421 msgstr ""
 4422 
 4423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4425 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4426 msgstr ""
 4427 
 4428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4430 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4431 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4432 
 4433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4435 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4436 msgstr ""
 4437 
 4438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4440 msgid ""
 4441 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4442 "and use that as the home directory."
 4443 msgstr ""
 4444 
 4445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4447 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4448 msgstr ""
 4449 
 4450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4452 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4453 msgstr ""
 4454 
 4455 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4456 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4457 msgid ""
 4458 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4459 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4460 msgstr ""
 4461 
 4462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4464 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4465 msgstr ""
 4466 
 4467 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4468 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4469 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4470 msgstr ""
 4471 
 4472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4474 msgid ""
 4475 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4476 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4477 msgstr ""
 4478 
 4479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4481 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4482 msgstr ""
 4483 
 4484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4486 msgid ""
 4487 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4488 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4489 "on a newly created home directory."
 4490 msgstr ""
 4491 
 4492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4494 msgid "Default: 077"
 4495 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 077"
 4496 
 4497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4499 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4500 msgstr ""
 4501 
 4502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4504 msgid ""
 4505 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4506 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4507 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4508 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4509 msgstr ""
 4510 
 4511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4513 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4514 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4515 
 4516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4518 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4519 msgstr ""
 4520 
 4521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4523 msgid ""
 4524 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4525 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4526 "default value is used."
 4527 msgstr ""
 4528 
 4529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4531 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4532 msgstr "Noklusējuma: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4533 
 4534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4536 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4537 msgstr ""
 4538 
 4539 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4540 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4541 msgid ""
 4542 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4543 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4544 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4545 msgstr ""
 4546 
 4547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4549 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4550 msgstr ""
 4551 
 4552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4554 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4555 msgstr ""
 4556 
 4557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4559 msgid ""
 4560 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4561 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4562 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4563 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4564 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4565 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4566 msgstr ""
 4567 
 4568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4570 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4571 msgstr ""
 4572 
 4573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4575 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4576 msgstr ""
 4577 
 4578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4580 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4581 msgstr ""
 4582 
 4583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4585 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4586 msgstr ""
 4587 
 4588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4590 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4591 msgstr ""
 4592 
 4593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4595 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4596 msgstr ""
 4597 
 4598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4600 msgid "ad_server,"
 4601 msgstr ""
 4602 
 4603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4605 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4606 msgstr ""
 4607 
 4608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4610 msgid "ad_site,"
 4611 msgstr ""
 4612 
 4613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4615 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4616 msgstr ""
 4617 
 4618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4620 msgid ""
 4621 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4622 "manual page."
 4623 msgstr ""
 4624 
 4625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4627 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4628 msgstr ""
 4629 
 4630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4632 msgid ""
 4633 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4634 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4635 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4636 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4637 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4638 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4639 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4640 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4641 msgstr ""
 4642 
 4643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4645 msgid ""
 4646 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4647 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4648 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4649 msgstr ""
 4650 
 4651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4653 msgid ""
 4654 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4655 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4656 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4657 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4658 msgstr ""
 4659 
 4660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4662 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4663 msgstr ""
 4664 
 4665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4667 msgid ""
 4668 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4669 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4670 msgstr ""
 4671 
 4672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4674 msgid ""
 4675 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4676 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4677 msgstr ""
 4678 
 4679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4681 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4682 msgstr ""
 4683 
 4684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4686 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4687 msgstr ""
 4688 
 4689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4691 msgid ""
 4692 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4693 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4694 msgstr ""
 4695 
 4696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4698 msgid ""
 4699 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4700 "user with the same name."
 4701 msgstr ""
 4702 
 4703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4705 msgid "domains (string)"
 4706 msgstr ""
 4707 
 4708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4710 msgid ""
 4711 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4712 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4713 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4714 "well."
 4715 msgstr ""
 4716 
 4717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4719 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4720 msgstr ""
 4721 
 4722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4724 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4725 msgstr ""
 4726 
 4727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4729 msgid ""
 4730 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4731 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4732 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4733 msgstr ""
 4734 
 4735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4737 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4738 msgstr ""
 4739 
 4740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4742 msgid ""
 4743 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4744 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4745 msgstr ""
 4746 
 4747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4749 msgid ""
 4750 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4751 "matching user"
 4752 msgstr ""
 4753 
 4754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4756 msgid ""
 4757 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4758 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4759 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4760 "quote>"
 4761 msgstr ""
 4762 
 4763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4765 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4766 msgstr ""
 4767 
 4768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4769 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4770 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4771 msgstr ""
 4772 
 4773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4775 msgid ""
 4776 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4777 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4778 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4779 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4780 "credentials."
 4781 msgstr ""
 4782 
 4783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4785 msgid ""
 4786 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4787 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4788 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4789 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4790 msgstr ""
 4791 
 4792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4794 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4795 msgstr ""
 4796 
 4797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4799 msgid "password_prompt"
 4800 msgstr ""
 4801 
 4802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4804 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4805 msgstr ""
 4806 
 4807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4809 msgid ""
 4810 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4811 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4812 msgstr ""
 4813 
 4814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4816 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4817 msgstr ""
 4818 
 4819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4821 msgid "first_prompt"
 4822 msgstr ""
 4823 
 4824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4826 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4827 msgstr ""
 4828 
 4829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4831 msgid "second_prompt"
 4832 msgstr ""
 4833 
 4834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4836 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4837 msgstr ""
 4838 
 4839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4841 msgid "single_prompt"
 4842 msgstr ""
 4843 
 4844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4846 msgid ""
 4847 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4848 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4849 "string"
 4850 msgstr ""
 4851 
 4852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4854 msgid ""
 4855 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4856 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4857 msgstr ""
 4858 
 4859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4861 msgid ""
 4862 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4863 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4864 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4865 msgstr ""
 4866 
 4867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4869 msgid ""
 4870 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4871 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4872 "for this service."
 4873 msgstr ""
 4874 
 4875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4877 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4878 msgstr ""
 4879 
 4880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4882 #, no-wrap
 4883 msgid ""
 4884 "[sssd]\n"
 4885 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4886 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4887 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4888 "\n"
 4889 "[nss]\n"
 4890 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4891 "filter_users = root\n"
 4892 "\n"
 4893 "[pam]\n"
 4894 "\n"
 4895 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4896 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4897 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4898 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4899 "\n"
 4900 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4901 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4902 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4903 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4904 "\n"
 4905 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4906 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4907 "enumerate = False\n"
 4908 msgstr ""
 4909 
 4910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4912 msgid ""
 4913 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4914 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4915 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4916 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4917 msgstr ""
 4918 
 4919 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4920 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4921 #, no-wrap
 4922 msgid ""
 4923 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4924 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4925 msgstr ""
 4926 
 4927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4929 msgid ""
 4930 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4931 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4932 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4933 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4934 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4935 ">"
 4936 msgstr ""
 4937 
 4938 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4939 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4940 #, no-wrap
 4941 msgid ""
 4942 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4943 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4944 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4945 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4946 "priority = 10\n"
 4947 "\n"
 4948 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4949 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4950 msgstr ""
 4951 
 4952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4954 msgid ""
 4955 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4956 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4957 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4958 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4959 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4960 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4961 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4962 msgstr ""
 4963 
 4964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4965 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4966 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4967 msgstr "sssd-ldap"
 4968 
 4969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4970 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4971 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4972 msgstr ""
 4973 
 4974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4975 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4976 msgid ""
 4977 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4978 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4979 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4980 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4981 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4982 msgstr ""
 4983 
 4984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4985 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4986 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4987 msgstr ""
 4988 
 4989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4990 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4991 msgid ""
 4992 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4993 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4994 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4995 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4996 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4997 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4998 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4999 msgstr ""
 5000 
 5001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5002 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5003 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5004 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5005 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5006 msgstr "KONFIGURĒŠANAS IESPĒJAS"
 5007 
 5008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5009 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5010 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5011 msgstr ""
 5012 
 5013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5014 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5015 msgid ""
 5016 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5017 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5018 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5019 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5020 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5021 msgstr ""
 5022 
 5023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5024 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5025 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5026 msgstr ""
 5027 
 5028 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5029 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5030 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5031 msgstr ""
 5032 
 5033 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5034 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5035 msgid ""
 5036 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5037 msgstr ""
 5038 
 5039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5040 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5041 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5042 msgstr ""
 5043 
 5044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5045 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5046 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5047 msgstr ""
 5048 
 5049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5050 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5051 msgid ""
 5052 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5053 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5054 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5055 "failover and server redundancy."
 5056 msgstr ""
 5057 
 5058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5059 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5060 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5061 msgstr ""
 5062 
 5063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5064 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5065 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5066 msgstr ""
 5067 
 5068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5069 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5070 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5071 msgstr ""
 5072 
 5073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5074 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5075 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5076 msgstr ""
 5077 
 5078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5079 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5080 msgid ""
 5081 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5082 "syntax:"
 5083 msgstr ""
 5084 
 5085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5086 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5087 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5088 msgstr ""
 5089 
 5090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5091 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5092 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5093 msgstr ""
 5094 
 5095 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5096 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5097 msgid ""
 5098 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5099 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5100 msgstr ""
 5101 
 5102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5103 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5104 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5105 msgid "Examples:"
 5106 msgstr ""
 5107 
 5108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5109 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5110 msgid ""
 5111 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5112 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5113 msgstr ""
 5114 
 5115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5116 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5117 msgid ""
 5118 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5119 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5120 msgstr ""
 5121 
 5122 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5123 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5124 msgid ""
 5125 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5126 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5127 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5128 "machines."
 5129 msgstr ""
 5130 
 5131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5132 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5133 msgid ""
 5134 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5135 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5136 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5137 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5138 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5139 "are not supported."
 5140 msgstr ""
 5141 
 5142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5143 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5144 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5145 msgstr ""
 5146 
 5147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5148 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5149 msgid ""
 5150 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5151 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5152 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5153 msgstr ""
 5154 
 5155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5156 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5157 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5158 msgstr ""
 5159 
 5160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5161 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5162 msgid "rfc2307"
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5166 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5167 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5168 msgstr ""
 5169 
 5170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5171 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5172 msgid "IPA"
 5173 msgstr ""
 5174 
 5175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5176 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5177 msgid "AD"
 5178 msgstr ""
 5179 
 5180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5181 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5182 msgid ""
 5183 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5184 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5185 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5186 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5187 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5188 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5189 msgstr ""
 5190 
 5191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5192 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5193 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5194 msgstr "Noklusējuma: rfc2307"
 5195 
 5196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5197 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5198 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5199 msgstr ""
 5200 
 5201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5202 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5203 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5204 msgstr ""
 5205 
 5206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5208 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5209 msgstr ""
 5210 
 5211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5212 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5213 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5214 msgstr ""
 5215 
 5216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5217 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5218 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5219 msgstr ""
 5220 
 5221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5222 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5223 msgid ""
 5224 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5225 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5226 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5227 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5228 msgstr ""
 5229 
 5230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5231 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5232 msgid "Default: exop"
 5233 msgstr ""
 5234 
 5235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5236 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5237 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5238 msgstr ""
 5239 
 5240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5241 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5242 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5243 msgstr ""
 5244 
 5245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5246 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5247 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5248 msgstr ""
 5249 
 5250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5251 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5252 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5253 msgstr ""
 5254 
 5255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5256 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5257 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5258 msgstr "Divi pašlaik atbalstītie mehānismi ir:"
 5259 
 5260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5261 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5262 msgid "password"
 5263 msgstr "parole"
 5264 
 5265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5266 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5267 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5268 msgstr ""
 5269 
 5270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5271 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5272 msgid "Default: password"
 5273 msgstr ""
 5274 
 5275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5276 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5277 msgid ""
 5278 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5279 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5280 msgstr ""
 5281 
 5282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5284 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5285 msgstr ""
 5286 
 5287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5288 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5289 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5290 msgstr ""
 5291 
 5292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5293 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5294 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5295 msgstr ""
 5296 
 5297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5298 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5299 msgid ""
 5300 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5301 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5302 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5303 "realm."
 5304 msgstr ""
 5305 
 5306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5307 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5308 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5309 msgstr ""
 5310 
 5311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5312 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5313 msgid ""
 5314 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5315 "enumerated records."
 5316 msgstr ""
 5317 
 5318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5319 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5320 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5321 msgstr ""
 5322 
 5323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5324 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5325 msgid ""
 5326 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5327 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5328 "space."
 5329 msgstr ""
 5330 
 5331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5332 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5333 msgid ""
 5334 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5335 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5336 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5337 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5338 msgstr ""
 5339 
 5340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5341 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5342 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5343 msgstr ""
 5344 
 5345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5346 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5347 msgid ""
 5348 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5349 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5350 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5351 msgstr ""
 5352 
 5353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5354 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5355 msgid ""
 5356 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5357 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5358 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5359 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5360 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5361 msgstr ""
 5362 
 5363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5364 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5365 msgid ""
 5366 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5367 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5368 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5369 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5370 "restrict group nesting."
 5371 msgstr ""
 5372 
 5373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5374 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5375 msgid "Default: 2"
 5376 msgstr ""
 5377 
 5378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5379 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5380 msgid ""
 5381 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5382 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5383 msgstr ""
 5384 
 5385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5386 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5387 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5388 msgstr ""
 5389 
 5390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5391 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5392 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5393 msgstr ""
 5394 
 5395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5396 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5397 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5398 msgstr ""
 5399 
 5400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5401 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5402 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5403 msgid ""
 5404 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5405 "multiple search bases."
 5406 msgstr ""
 5407 
 5408 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5409 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5410 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5411 msgstr ""
 5412 
 5413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5414 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5415 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5416 msgstr ""
 5417 
 5418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5419 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5420 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5421 msgstr ""
 5422 
 5423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5424 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5425 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5426 msgstr ""
 5427 
 5428 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5429 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5430 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5431 msgstr ""
 5432 
 5433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5434 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5435 msgid ""
 5436 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5437 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5438 "is entered)"
 5439 msgstr ""
 5440 
 5441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5442 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5443 msgid ""
 5444 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5445 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5446 "lookup types."
 5447 msgstr ""
 5448 
 5449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5450 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5451 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5452 msgstr ""
 5453 
 5454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5455 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5456 msgid ""
 5457 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5458 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5459 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5460 msgstr ""
 5461 
 5462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5463 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5464 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5465 msgstr ""
 5466 
 5467 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5468 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5469 msgid ""
 5470 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5471 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5472 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5473 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5474 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5475 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5476 msgstr ""
 5477 
 5478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5479 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5480 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5481 msgstr ""
 5482 
 5483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5484 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5485 msgid ""
 5486 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5487 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5488 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5489 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5490 msgstr ""
 5491 
 5492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5493 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5494 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5495 msgstr ""
 5496 
 5497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5498 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5499 msgid ""
 5500 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5501 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5502 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5503 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5504 msgstr ""
 5505 
 5506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5507 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5508 msgid ""
 5509 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5510 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5511 msgstr ""
 5512 
 5513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5514 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5515 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5516 msgstr ""
 5517 
 5518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5519 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5520 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5521 msgstr ""
 5522 
 5523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5524 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5525 msgid ""
 5526 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5527 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5528 msgstr ""
 5529 
 5530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5531 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5532 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5533 msgstr ""
 5534 
 5535 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5536 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5537 msgid ""
 5538 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5539 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5540 msgstr ""
 5541 
 5542 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5543 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5544 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5545 msgstr ""
 5546 
 5547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5548 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5549 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5550 msgstr ""
 5551 
 5552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5553 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5554 msgid ""
 5555 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5556 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5557 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5558 msgstr ""
 5559 
 5560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5561 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5562 msgid ""
 5563 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5564 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5565 msgstr ""
 5566 
 5567 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5568 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5569 msgid ""
 5570 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5571 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5572 "requests being denied."
 5573 msgstr ""
 5574 
 5575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5576 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5577 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5578 msgstr ""
 5579 
 5580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5581 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5582 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5583 msgstr ""
 5584 
 5585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5586 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5587 msgid ""
 5588 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5589 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5590 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5591 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5592 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5593 msgstr ""
 5594 
 5595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5596 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5597 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5598 msgstr ""
 5599 
 5600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5601 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5602 msgid ""
 5603 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5604 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5605 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5606 msgstr ""
 5607 
 5608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5609 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5610 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5611 msgstr ""
 5612 
 5613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5614 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5615 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5616 msgstr ""
 5617 
 5618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5619 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5620 msgid ""
 5621 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5622 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5623 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5624 msgstr ""
 5625 
 5626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5627 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5628 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5629 msgstr ""
 5630 
 5631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5632 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5633 msgid ""
 5634 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5635 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5636 "they are looked up individually."
 5637 msgstr ""
 5638 
 5639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5640 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5641 msgid ""
 5642 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5643 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5644 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5645 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5646 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5647 "object."
 5648 msgstr ""
 5649 
 5650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5651 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5652 msgid ""
 5653 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5654 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5655 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5656 "Directory."
 5657 msgstr ""
 5658 
 5659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5660 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5661 msgid ""
 5662 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5663 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5664 "regardless of this setting."
 5665 msgstr ""
 5666 
 5667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5668 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5669 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5670 msgstr ""
 5671 
 5672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5673 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5674 msgid ""
 5675 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5676 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5677 msgstr ""
 5678 
 5679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5680 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5681 msgid ""
 5682 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5683 "certificate."
 5684 msgstr ""
 5685 
 5686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5687 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5688 msgid ""
 5689 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5690 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5691 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5692 msgstr ""
 5693 
 5694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5695 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5696 msgid ""
 5697 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5698 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5699 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5700 msgstr ""
 5701 
 5702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5703 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5704 msgid ""
 5705 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5706 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5707 "immediately terminated."
 5708 msgstr ""
 5709 
 5710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5711 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5712 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5713 msgstr ""
 5714 
 5715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5716 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5717 msgid "Default: hard"
 5718 msgstr ""
 5719 
 5720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5721 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5722 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5723 msgstr ""
 5724 
 5725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5726 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5727 msgid ""
 5728 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5729 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5730 msgstr ""
 5731 
 5732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5733 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5734 msgid ""
 5735 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5736 "conf</filename>"
 5737 msgstr ""
 5738 
 5739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5740 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5741 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5742 msgstr ""
 5743 
 5744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5745 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5746 msgid ""
 5747 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5748 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5749 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5750 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5751 msgstr ""
 5752 
 5753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5754 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5755 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5756 msgstr ""
 5757 
 5758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5759 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5760 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5761 msgstr ""
 5762 
 5763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5764 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5765 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5766 msgstr ""
 5767 
 5768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5769 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5770 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5771 msgstr ""
 5772 
 5773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5774 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5775 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5776 msgstr ""
 5777 
 5778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5779 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5780 msgid ""
 5781 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5782 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5783 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5784 msgstr ""
 5785 
 5786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5787 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5788 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5789 msgstr ""
 5790 
 5791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5792 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5793 msgid ""
 5794 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5795 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5796 msgstr ""
 5797 
 5798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5799 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5800 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5801 msgstr ""
 5802 
 5803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5804 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5805 msgid ""
 5806 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5807 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5808 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5809 msgstr ""
 5810 
 5811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5812 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5813 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5814 msgstr ""
 5815 
 5816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5817 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5818 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5819 msgstr ""
 5820 
 5821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5822 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5823 msgid ""
 5824 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5825 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5826 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5827 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5828 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5829 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5830 msgstr ""
 5831 
 5832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5833 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5834 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5835 msgstr ""
 5836 
 5837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5838 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5839 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5840 msgstr ""
 5841 
 5842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5843 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5844 msgid ""
 5845 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5846 "tested and supported."
 5847 msgstr ""
 5848 
 5849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5850 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5851 msgid ""
 5852 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5853 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5854 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5855 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5856 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5857 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5858 msgstr ""
 5859 
 5860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5861 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5862 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5863 msgstr ""
 5864 
 5865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5866 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5867 #, no-wrap
 5868 msgid ""
 5869 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5870 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5871 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5872 "*$@REALM\n"
 5873 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5874 "host/*\n"
 5875 "                            "
 5876 msgstr ""
 5877 
 5878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5879 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5880 msgid ""
 5881 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5882 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5883 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5884 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5885 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5886 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5887 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5888 msgstr ""
 5889 
 5890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5891 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5892 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5893 msgstr ""
 5894 
 5895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5896 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5897 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5898 msgstr ""
 5899 
 5900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5901 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5902 msgid ""
 5903 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5904 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5905 "well, this option is ignored."
 5906 msgstr ""
 5907 
 5908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5909 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5910 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5911 msgstr ""
 5912 
 5913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5914 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5915 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5916 msgstr ""
 5917 
 5918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5919 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5920 msgid ""
 5921 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5922 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5923 msgstr ""
 5924 
 5925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5926 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5927 msgid "Default: false;"
 5928 msgstr ""
 5929 
 5930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5931 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5932 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5933 msgstr ""
 5934 
 5935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5936 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5937 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5938 msgstr ""
 5939 
 5940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5941 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5942 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5943 msgstr ""
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5946 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5947 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5948 msgstr ""
 5949 
 5950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5951 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5952 msgid ""
 5953 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5954 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5955 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5956 msgstr ""
 5957 
 5958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5959 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5960 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5961 msgstr ""
 5962 
 5963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5964 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5965 msgid ""
 5966 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5967 msgstr ""
 5968 
 5969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5970 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5971 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5972 msgstr "Noklusējuma: 86400 (24 stundas)"
 5973 
 5974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5975 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5976 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5977 msgstr ""
 5978 
 5979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5980 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5981 msgid ""
 5982 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5983 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5984 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5985 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5986 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5987 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5988 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5989 msgstr ""
 5990 
 5991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5992 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5993 msgid ""
 5994 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5995 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5996 "none are found."
 5997 msgstr ""
 5998 
 5999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6000 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 6001 msgid ""
 6002 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 6003 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 6004 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 6005 msgstr ""
 6006 
 6007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6008 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 6009 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 6010 msgstr ""
 6011 
 6012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 6014 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6015 msgstr ""
 6016 
 6017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6018 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6019 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6020 msgstr ""
 6021 
 6022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6023 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6024 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6025 msgstr ""
 6026 
 6027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6028 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6029 msgid ""
 6030 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6031 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6032 msgstr ""
 6033 
 6034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6035 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6036 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6037 msgstr ""
 6038 
 6039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6040 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6041 msgid ""
 6042 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6043 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6044 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6045 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6046 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6047 msgstr ""
 6048 
 6049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6050 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6051 msgid ""
 6052 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6053 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6054 "information on the locator plugin."
 6055 msgstr ""
 6056 
 6057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6058 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6059 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6060 msgstr ""
 6061 
 6062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6063 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6064 msgid ""
 6065 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6066 "The following values are allowed:"
 6067 msgstr ""
 6068 
 6069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6070 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6071 msgid ""
 6072 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6073 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6074 msgstr ""
 6075 
 6076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6077 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6078 msgid ""
 6079 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6080 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6081 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6082 msgstr ""
 6083 
 6084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6085 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6086 msgid ""
 6087 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6088 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6089 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6090 msgstr ""
 6091 
 6092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6093 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6094 msgid ""
 6095 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6096 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6097 msgstr ""
 6098 
 6099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6100 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6101 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6102 msgstr ""
 6103 
 6104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6106 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6107 msgstr ""
 6108 
 6109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6110 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6111 msgid ""
 6112 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6113 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6114 msgstr ""
 6115 
 6116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6117 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6118 msgid ""
 6119 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6120 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6121 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6122 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6123 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6124 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6125 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6126 "available."
 6127 msgstr ""
 6128 
 6129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6130 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6131 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6132 msgstr ""
 6133 
 6134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6135 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6136 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6137 msgstr ""
 6138 
 6139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6140 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6141 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6142 msgstr "Noklusējuma: ldap"
 6143 
 6144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6145 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6146 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6147 msgstr ""
 6148 
 6149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6150 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6151 msgid ""
 6152 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6153 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6154 msgstr ""
 6155 
 6156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6157 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6158 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6159 msgstr ""
 6160 
 6161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6162 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6163 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6164 msgstr ""
 6165 
 6166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6167 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6168 msgid ""
 6169 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6170 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6171 msgstr ""
 6172 
 6173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6174 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6175 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6176 msgstr ""
 6177 
 6178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6179 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6180 msgid ""
 6181 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6182 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6183 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6184 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6185 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6186 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6187 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6188 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6189 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6190 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6191 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6192 msgstr ""
 6193 
 6194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6195 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6196 msgid "Example:"
 6197 msgstr "Piemērs:"
 6198 
 6199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6200 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6201 #, no-wrap
 6202 msgid ""
 6203 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6204 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6205 "                        "
 6206 msgstr ""
 6207 
 6208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6209 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6210 msgid ""
 6211 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6212 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6213 msgstr ""
 6214 
 6215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6216 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6217 msgid ""
 6218 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6219 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6220 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6221 "while offline and vice versa."
 6222 msgstr ""
 6223 
 6224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6225 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6226 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6227 msgstr ""
 6228 
 6229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6230 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6231 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6232 msgstr ""
 6233 
 6234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6235 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6236 msgid ""
 6237 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6238 "be enabled."
 6239 msgstr ""
 6240 
 6241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6242 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6243 msgid ""
 6244 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6245 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6246 "even if the password is correct."
 6247 msgstr ""
 6248 
 6249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6250 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6251 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6252 msgstr "Atļautas šādas vērtības:"
 6253 
 6254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6255 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6256 msgid ""
 6257 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6258 "determine if the account is expired."
 6259 msgstr ""
 6260 
 6261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6262 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6263 msgid ""
 6264 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6265 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6266 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6267 "of the account is checked."
 6268 msgstr ""
 6269 
 6270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6271 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6272 msgid ""
 6273 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6274 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6275 "allowed or not."
 6276 msgstr ""
 6277 
 6278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6279 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6280 msgid ""
 6281 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6282 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6283 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6284 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6285 msgstr ""
 6286 
 6287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6288 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6289 msgid ""
 6290 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6291 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6292 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6293 msgstr ""
 6294 
 6295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6296 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6297 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6298 msgstr ""
 6299 
 6300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6301 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6302 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6303 msgstr ""
 6304 
 6305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6306 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6307 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6308 msgstr ""
 6309 
 6310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6311 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6312 msgid ""
 6313 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6314 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6315 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6316 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6317 "work."
 6318 msgstr ""
 6319 
 6320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6321 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6322 msgid ""
 6323 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6324 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6325 msgstr ""
 6326 
 6327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6329 msgid ""
 6330 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6331 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6332 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6333 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6334 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6335 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6336 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6337 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6338 msgstr ""
 6339 
 6340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6341 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6342 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6343 msgstr ""
 6344 
 6345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6346 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6347 msgid ""
 6348 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6349 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6350 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6351 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6352 "example SSH keys."
 6353 msgstr ""
 6354 
 6355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6356 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6357 msgid ""
 6358 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6359 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6360 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6361 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6362 "immediately."
 6363 msgstr ""
 6364 
 6365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6366 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6367 msgid ""
 6368 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6369 msgstr ""
 6370 
 6371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6372 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6373 msgid ""
 6374 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6375 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6376 msgstr ""
 6377 
 6378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6379 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6380 msgid ""
 6381 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6382 "to determine access"
 6383 msgstr ""
 6384 
 6385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6386 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6387 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6388 msgstr ""
 6389 
 6390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6391 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6392 msgid ""
 6393 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6394 "remote host can access"
 6395 msgstr ""
 6396 
 6397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6398 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6399 msgid ""
 6400 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6401 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6402 msgstr ""
 6403 
 6404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6405 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6406 msgid "Default: filter"
 6407 msgstr "Noklusējuma: filtrēt"
 6408 
 6409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6410 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6411 msgid ""
 6412 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6413 "once."
 6414 msgstr ""
 6415 
 6416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6417 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6418 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6419 msgstr ""
 6420 
 6421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6422 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6423 msgid ""
 6424 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6425 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6426 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6427 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6428 msgstr ""
 6429 
 6430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6431 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6432 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6433 msgstr ""
 6434 
 6435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6436 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6437 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6438 msgstr ""
 6439 
 6440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6441 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6442 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6443 msgstr ""
 6444 
 6445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6446 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6447 msgid ""
 6448 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
 6449 "following options are allowed:"
 6450 msgstr